blob: adcd977e626d62181fada8dd532e3942bc630a1b [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000016#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000017#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000019#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000022#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000023#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000026#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
27#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwindb714922009-08-24 13:25:12 +000028#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000029
30namespace clang {
31
32/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
33/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000034ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000035GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
36 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
37 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
38 ICC_Identity,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
42 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
43 ICC_Promotion,
44 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000045 ICC_Promotion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000048 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000055 ICC_Conversion
56 };
57 return Category[(int)Kind];
58}
59
60/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
61/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
62ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
63 static const ImplicitConversionRank
64 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
70 ICR_Promotion,
71 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000072 ICR_Promotion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
74 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000075 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000081 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000082 ICR_Conversion
83 };
84 return Rank[(int)Kind];
85}
86
87/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
88/// implicit conversion.
89const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
90 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
91 "No conversion",
92 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
93 "Array-to-pointer",
94 "Function-to-pointer",
95 "Qualification",
96 "Integral promotion",
97 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000098 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000099 "Integral conversion",
100 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000101 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000102 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000103 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000104 "Pointer conversion",
105 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000106 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000107 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000108 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000109 };
110 return Name[Kind];
111}
112
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000113/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
114/// sequence to the identity conversion.
115void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
116 First = ICK_Identity;
117 Second = ICK_Identity;
118 Third = ICK_Identity;
119 Deprecated = false;
120 ReferenceBinding = false;
121 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000122 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000123 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000124}
125
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000126/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
127/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
128/// implicit conversions.
129ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
130 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
131 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
132 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
133 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
134 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
135 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
136 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
137 return Rank;
138}
139
140/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
141/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000142/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000143/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000145 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
146 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
147
148 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
149 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
150 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
151 // a pointer.
152 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000153 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000154 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
155 return true;
156
157 return false;
158}
159
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000160/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
161/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
162/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
163/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000164bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000165StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000166isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000167 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
168 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
169
170 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
171 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
172 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
173 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
174 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
175
176 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000177 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000178 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
179
180 return false;
181}
182
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000183/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
184/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
185void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
186 bool PrintedSomething = false;
187 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
188 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
189 PrintedSomething = true;
190 }
191
192 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
193 if (PrintedSomething) {
194 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
195 }
196 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000197
198 if (CopyConstructor) {
199 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
200 } else if (DirectBinding) {
201 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
202 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
203 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
204 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000205 PrintedSomething = true;
206 }
207
208 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
209 if (PrintedSomething) {
210 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
211 }
212 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
213 PrintedSomething = true;
214 }
215
216 if (!PrintedSomething) {
217 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
218 }
219}
220
221/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
222/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
223void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
224 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
225 Before.DebugPrint();
226 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
227 }
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000228 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000229 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
230 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
231 After.DebugPrint();
232 }
233}
234
235/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
236/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
237void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
238 switch (ConversionKind) {
239 case StandardConversion:
240 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
241 Standard.DebugPrint();
242 break;
243 case UserDefinedConversion:
244 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
245 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
246 break;
247 case EllipsisConversion:
248 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
249 break;
250 case BadConversion:
251 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
252 break;
253 }
254
255 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
256}
257
258// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
259// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
260// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
261// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
262// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
263// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000264// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000265//
266// Example: Given the following input:
267//
268// void f(int, float); // #1
269// void f(int, int); // #2
270// int f(int, int); // #3
271//
272// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000273// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000274//
275// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
276// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
277// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
278// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
279//
280// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
281// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
282// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
283// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
284// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
285// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
286bool
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000287Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
288 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000289 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
290 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
291 // overload set?
292 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
293 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
294 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
295 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
296 MatchedDecl = Func;
297 return false;
298 }
299 }
300
301 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
302 return true;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000303 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
304 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
305 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000307 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
308
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000309 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
310 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
311 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
312 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
313 return true;
314
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000315 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
316 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
317 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
318
319 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
320 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
321 // in the signature, they are overloads.
322
323 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
324 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000325 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
326 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000327 return false;
328
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000329 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
330 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000331
332 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
333 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
334 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
335 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
336 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
337 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
338 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
339 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
340 return true;
341
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000342 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000344 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
345 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000347 // signature.
348 //
349 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
350 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
351 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000352 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
353 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregor19ac2d62009-11-12 16:20:59 +0000354 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
Douglas Gregor23061de2009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000355 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
356 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000357
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000358 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
359 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
360 //
361 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
362 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
363 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
364 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
365 // can be overloaded.
366 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
367 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000368 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000369 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregorb81897c2008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000370 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000371 return true;
372
373 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
374 return false;
375 } else {
376 // (C++ 13p1):
377 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
378 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
379 return false;
380 }
381}
382
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000383/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
384/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
385/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
386/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000387///
388/// void f(float f);
389/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
390///
391/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
392/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
393/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
394/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
395//
396/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
397/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
398/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
399/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
400/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000401///
402/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
403/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000404/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
405/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000406/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
407/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000408/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
409/// cast.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000410ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000411Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
412 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000413 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000414 bool InOverloadResolution,
415 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000416 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000417 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000418 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000419 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000420 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000421 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000422 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
423 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000424 Conversions,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000425 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000426 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000427 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000428 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
429 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
430 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
431 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
432 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
433 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
434 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000435 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000436 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000437 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000438 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
439 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
440 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000441 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
442 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000443 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
444 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
445 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
446 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000447 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000448 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000449 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
450 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000451 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000452
453 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
454 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
455 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
456 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
457 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
458 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
459 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
460 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
461 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
462 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000463 } else {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000464 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000465 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
466 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
467 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000468 if (Cand->Viable)
469 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000470 }
471 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000472
473 return ICS;
474}
475
476/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
477/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
478/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
479/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
480/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
481/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
482/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
483/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484bool
485Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000486 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000487 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000488 QualType FromType = From->getType();
489
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000490 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000491 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000492 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000493 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000494 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000495 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000496
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000497 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000498 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000499 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
500 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
501 return false;
502
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000503 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000504 }
505
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000506 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
507 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
508 // (C++ 4p1).
509
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000510 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000511 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
512 // converted to an rvalue.
513 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000514 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000515 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000516 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000517 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000518
519 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
520 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000521 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
522 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000523 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000524 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
525 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000526 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000527
528 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
529 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
530 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
531 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
532
533 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
534 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000535 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000536
537 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
538 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
539 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
540 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000541 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
542 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
543 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
544 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000545 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000546 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
547 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000548 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000549
550 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
551 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
552 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
553 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000554 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000555 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000556 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000557 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
558
559 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
560 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
561 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000562 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
563 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
564 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
565 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000566 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
567 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
568 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
569 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
570 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
571 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
572 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
573 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
574 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
575 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
576 } else
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000577 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000578 } else {
579 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000580 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000581 }
582
583 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
584 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
585 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
586 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000587 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
588 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000589 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000590 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000591 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
592 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000593 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000594 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000595 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000596 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000597 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000598 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
599 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000600 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000601 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000602 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
603 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000604 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
605 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000606 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000607 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000608 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
609 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000610 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000611 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000612 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
613 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000614 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000615 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000616 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
617 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000618 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
619 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000620 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
621 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
622 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000623 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000624 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
625 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
626 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000627 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000628 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000629 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
630 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
631 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000632 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
633 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000634 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
635 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000636 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000637 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000638 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000639 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
640 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000641 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000642 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000643 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
644 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
645 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
646 FromType->isPointerType() ||
647 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
648 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
649 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
650 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000651 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000652 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000653 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000654 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
655 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000656 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000657 } else {
658 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000659 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000660 }
661
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000662 QualType CanonFrom;
663 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000664 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000665 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000666 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000667 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000668 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
669 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000670 } else {
671 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000672 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
673
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000674 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000675 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
676 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
677 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000678 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000679 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000680 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
681 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
682 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000683 FromType = ToType;
684 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
685 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000686 }
687
688 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
689 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000690 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000691 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000692
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000693 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
694 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000695}
696
697/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
698/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
699/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
700/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000701bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000702 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000703 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000704 if (!To) {
705 return false;
706 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000707
708 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
709 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
710 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
711 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
712 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000713 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000714 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
715 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
716 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
717 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000718 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000719 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000720 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000721 }
722
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000723 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
724 }
725
726 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
727 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
728 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
729 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
730 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
731 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
732 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
733 // unsigned.
734 bool FromIsSigned;
735 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000736 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000737 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
738 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
739 } else {
740 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
741 FromIsSigned = true;
742 }
743
744 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
745 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000746 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
747 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000748 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
749 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000751 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000752 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
753 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000754 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000755 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
756 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
757 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
758 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000759 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000760 }
761 }
762 }
763
764 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
765 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
766 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
767 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
768 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
769 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
770 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000771 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
772 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000773 using llvm::APSInt;
774 if (From)
775 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000776 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000777 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
778 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
779 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
780 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000781
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000782 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
783 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
784 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
785 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
786 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000787
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000788 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
789 // that fits into an unsigned int?
790 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
791 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
792 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000793
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000794 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000795 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000796 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000797
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000798 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
799 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000800 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000801 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000802 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000803
804 return false;
805}
806
807/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
808/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
809/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000810bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000811 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
812 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000813 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
814 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000815 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
816 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
817 return true;
818
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000819 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
820 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
821 // double is promoted to long double [...].
822 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
823 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
824 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
825 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
826 return true;
827 }
828
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000829 return false;
830}
831
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000832/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
833///
834/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
835/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000836/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000837bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000838 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000839 if (!FromComplex)
840 return false;
841
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000842 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000843 if (!ToComplex)
844 return false;
845
846 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000847 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
848 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
849 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000850}
851
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000852/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
853/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
854/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
855/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
856/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000857static QualType
858BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000859 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
860 ASTContext &Context) {
861 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
862 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000863 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000864
865 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000866 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000867 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000868 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000869 return ToType;
870
871 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
872 // already.
873 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
874 }
875
876 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000877 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000878 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
879 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000880}
881
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000882static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000883 bool InOverloadResolution,
884 ASTContext &Context) {
885 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
886 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
887 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
888 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
889 return !InOverloadResolution;
890
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000891 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
892 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
893 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000894}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000896/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
897/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
898/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
899/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
900/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
901/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000902///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000903/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
904/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
905/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
906/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
907/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
908/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000909/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
910/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
911/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000912bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000913 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000914 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000915 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000916 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000917 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
918 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000919
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000920 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
921 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000922 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000923 ConvertedType = ToType;
924 return true;
925 }
926
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000927 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
928 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000929 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000930 ConvertedType = ToType;
931 return true;
932 }
933 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
934 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000936 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000937 ConvertedType = ToType;
938 return true;
939 }
940
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000941 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
942 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000943 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000944 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000945 ConvertedType = ToType;
946 return true;
947 }
948
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000949 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000950 if (!ToTypePtr)
951 return false;
952
953 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000954 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000955 ConvertedType = ToType;
956 return true;
957 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000958
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000959 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000960 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000961 if (!FromTypePtr)
962 return false;
963
964 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
965 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
966
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000967 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
968 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
969 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000970 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000971 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000972 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000973 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000974 return true;
975 }
976
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000977 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
978 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000979 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000980 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000981 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000982 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000983 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000984 return true;
985 }
986
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000987 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000988 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000989 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
990 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
991 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
992 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
993 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
994 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
995 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
996 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
997 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000998 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
999 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001000 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1001 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001002 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001003 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001004 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001005 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001006 ToType, Context);
1007 return true;
1008 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001009
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001010 return false;
1011}
1012
1013/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1014/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1015/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001017 QualType& ConvertedType,
1018 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1019 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1020 return false;
1021
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001022 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001023 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001024 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001025 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001026
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001027 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001028 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001029 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001030 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001031 ConvertedType = ToType;
1032 return true;
1033 }
1034 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001035 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001036 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001037 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001038 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001039 ConvertedType = ToType;
1040 return true;
1041 }
1042 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1043 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1044 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1045 ConvertedType = ToType;
1046 return true;
1047 }
1048
1049 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1050 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1051 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1052 // complain about it.
1053 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1054 ConvertedType = FromType;
1055 return true;
1056 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001057 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001058 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001059 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001060 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001061 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001062 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001063 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1064 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001065 return false;
1066
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001067 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001068 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001069 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001070 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001071 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1072 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001073 return false;
1074
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001075 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1076 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1077 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1078 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1079 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1080 // We always complain about this conversion.
1081 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1082 ConvertedType = ToType;
1083 return true;
1084 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001085 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001086 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1087 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1088 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001089 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001090 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001091 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001092 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001093 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1094 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1095 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1096 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1097 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1098 return false;
1099
1100 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1101 // function types are obviously different.
1102 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1103 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1104 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1105 return false;
1106
1107 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1108 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1109 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1110 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1111 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1112 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1113 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1114 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1115 HasObjCConversion = true;
1116 } else {
1117 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1118 return false;
1119 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001120
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001121 // Check argument types.
1122 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1123 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1124 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1125 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1126 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1127 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1128 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1129 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1130 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1131 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1132 HasObjCConversion = true;
1133 } else {
1134 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1135 return false;
1136 }
1137 }
1138
1139 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1140 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1141 // conversion, but complain about it.
1142 ConvertedType = ToType;
1143 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1144 return true;
1145 }
1146 }
1147
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001148 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001149}
1150
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001151/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1152/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001153/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001154/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1155/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1156/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001157bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001158 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1159 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001160 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1161
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001162 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1163 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001164 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1165 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001166
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001167 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1168 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1169 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1170 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001171 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1172 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001173 From->getSourceRange(),
1174 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001175 return true;
1176
1177 // The conversion was successful.
1178 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001179 }
1180 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001181 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001182 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001183 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001184 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001185 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1186 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1187 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001188 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001189 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001190
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001191 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001192 return false;
1193}
1194
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001195/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1196/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1197/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1198/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1199/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1200bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001201 QualType ToType,
1202 bool InOverloadResolution,
1203 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001204 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001205 if (!ToTypePtr)
1206 return false;
1207
1208 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001209 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1210 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1211 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001212 ConvertedType = ToType;
1213 return true;
1214 }
1215
1216 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001217 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001218 if (!FromTypePtr)
1219 return false;
1220
1221 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1222 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1223 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1224 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1225 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1226
1227 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1228 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1229 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1230 return true;
1231 }
1232
1233 return false;
1234}
1235
1236/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1237/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1238/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1239/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1240/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1241/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001242bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001243 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1244 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
1245 (void)IgnoreBaseAccess;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001246 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001247 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001248 if (!FromPtrType) {
1249 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001250 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1251 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001252 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1253 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001254 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001255 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001256
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001257 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001258 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1259 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001260
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001261 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1262 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001263
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001264 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1265 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1266 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001267
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001268 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1269 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001270 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1271 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1272 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1273 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001274
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001275 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1276 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1277 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1278 Paths.clear();
1279 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1280 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1281 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1282 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001283
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001284 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1285 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1286 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1287 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001288 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001289
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001290 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001291 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1292 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1293 << From->getSourceRange();
1294 return true;
1295 }
1296
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001297 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1298 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001299 return false;
1300}
1301
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001302/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1303/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1304/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305bool
1306Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001307 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1308 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1309
1310 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1311 // qualification conversion.
1312 if (FromType == ToType)
1313 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001314
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001315 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1316 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1317 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1318 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001319 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001320 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001321 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1322 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1323 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001324 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001325 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1326 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001327 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001328
1329 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1330 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001331 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001332 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001333
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001334 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1335 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1336 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001337 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001338 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001339
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001340 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1341 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001342 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001343 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001344 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001345
1346 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1347 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1348 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1349 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1350 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001351 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001352}
1353
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001354/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1355/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1356template<typename T>
1357static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1358 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1359 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1360 if (FunctionTemplate)
1361 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1362 else
1363 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1364}
1365
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001366/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1367/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1368/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1369/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1370/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1371/// false and User is unspecified.
1372///
1373/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1374/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1375/// will be considered.
1376///
1377/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1378/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1379/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001380///
1381/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1382/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001383/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1384/// cast.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001385Sema::OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(
1386 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001387 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +00001388 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001389 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001390 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
1391 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001392 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001393 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1394 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1395 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1396 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001397 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1398 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1399 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1400 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1401 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1402 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1403 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1404 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001405 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1406 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1407 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1408 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1409 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1410 }
1411
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001413 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1414 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1415 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001416 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001417 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001418 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001419 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1420 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1421 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1422 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1423 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001424 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001425 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1426 else
1427 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001428
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001429 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001430 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001431 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001432 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001433 1, CandidateSet,
1434 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001435 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001436 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1437 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001438 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001439 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001440 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001441 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001442 }
1443 }
1444
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001445 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1446 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001447 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1448 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001449 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001450 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001451 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001452 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001453 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001454 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1455 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001456 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001457 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001458 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1459 = Conversions->function_begin();
1460 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1461 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1462 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1463 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1464 if (ConvTemplate)
1465 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1466 else
1467 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1468
1469 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1470 if (ConvTemplate)
1471 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1472 CandidateSet);
1473 else
1474 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1475 }
1476 }
1477 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001478 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001479
1480 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001481 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001482 case OR_Success:
1483 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001485 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1486 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1487 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1488 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1489 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1490 // the argument of the constructor.
1491 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001492 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001493 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1494 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1495 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1496 else {
1497 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1498 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1499 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001500 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1501 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001502 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001503 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001504 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001505 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001506 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1507 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1508 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1509 //
1510 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1511 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1512 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1513 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1514 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1515 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001516 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001517
1518 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001519 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1520 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1521 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1522 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1523 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1524 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1525 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1526 // 13.3.3.1).
1527 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001528 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001529 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001530 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001531 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001532 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001533
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001534 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001535 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001536 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001537 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001538 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001539
1540 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001541 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001542 }
1543
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001544 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001545}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001546
1547bool
1548Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
1549 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1550 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1551 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1552 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1553 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
1554 if (OvResult != OR_Ambiguous)
1555 return false;
1556 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1557 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1558 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1559 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
1560 return true;
1561}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001562
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001563/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1564/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1565/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001567Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1568 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1569{
1570 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1571 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1572 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1573 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1574 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1575 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1576 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1577 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578 //
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001579 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1580 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1581 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1582 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1583
1584 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1585 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1586 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1587 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1588 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001589 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001590 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1591 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1592 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1593 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1594 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1595 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1596 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001597 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001598 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1599 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1600 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1601 }
1602
1603 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1604}
1605
1606/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1607/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1608/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001609ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001610Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1611 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1612{
1613 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1614 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1615
1616 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1617 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1618 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1619 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1620 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1621 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1622 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1623 ;
1624 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1625 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001626 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001627 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1628 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1629 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1630 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1631 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001632 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001633 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1634 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1635 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1636
1637 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1638 // defined below), or, if not that,
1639 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1640 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1641 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1642 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1643 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1644 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001645
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001646 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1647 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1648 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001649
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001650 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1651 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1652 // that is such a conversion.
1653 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1654 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1655 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1656 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1657
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001658 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1659 //
1660 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001661 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1662 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1663 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001664 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001665 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001666 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001667 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001668 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1669 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1670 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001671 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1672 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001673 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1674 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1675 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001676 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1677 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1678 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001679 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1680 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1681 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1682 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1683 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1684 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1685
1686 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1687 // conversion, if we need to.
1688 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1689 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1690 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1691 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1692
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001694 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001695 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001696 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001697
1698 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1699 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1700 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1701 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001702
1703 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1704 // other, it is the better one.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001705 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1706 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001707 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1708 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1709 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1710 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1711 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1712 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001713 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001714
1715 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1716 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001717 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001718 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001719 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001720
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001721 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001722 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1723 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1724 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1725 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1726 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001727 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1728 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1729 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1730 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1731 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1732 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001733
1734 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1735 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1736 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1737 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1738 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1739 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001740 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1741 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001742 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1743 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001744 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001745 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1746 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1747 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1748 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1749 }
1750 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001751
1752 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1753}
1754
1755/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1756/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001757/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1758ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001759Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001760 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001761 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001762 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1763 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1764 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1765 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1766 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1767 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1768 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1769 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1770
1771 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1772 // conversion (!)
1773 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1774 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1775 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1776 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1777
1778 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1779 // them.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001780 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001781 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1782
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001783 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001784 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1785 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1786 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1787 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1788 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001789 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001790 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1791 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1792 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1793 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1794 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1795 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1796 // about how the sequences rank.
1797 ;
1798 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1799 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1800 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1801 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1802 // qualifiers.
1803 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001804
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001805 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1806 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1807 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1808 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1809 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1810 // qualifiers.
1811 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001813 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1814 } else {
1815 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1816 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1817 }
1818
1819 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001820 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001821 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001822 }
1823
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001824 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1825 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1826 switch (Result) {
1827 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1828 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1829 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1830 break;
1831
1832 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1833 break;
1834
1835 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1836 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1837 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1838 break;
1839 }
1840
1841 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001842}
1843
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001844/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1845/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001846/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1847/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1848/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001849ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1850Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1851 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1852 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1853 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1854 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1855 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1856
1857 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1858 // conversion, if we need to.
1859 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1860 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1861 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1862 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1863
1864 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1865 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1866 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1867 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1868 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1869
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001870 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001871 //
1872 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1873 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001874 //
1875 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1876 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001877
1878 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001879 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001880 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1881 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1882 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1883 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001884 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001885 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001886 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001887 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001888 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001889 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001890 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001891 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001892
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001893 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1894 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1895 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1896 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001897
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001898 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001899 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1900 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1901 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1902 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1903 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001904
1905 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1906 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1907 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1908 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1909 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1910 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001911 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001912
1913 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1914 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1915 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1916 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1917 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1918 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001919
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001920 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1921 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1922 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1923 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1924 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1925 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001926 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001927 }
1928
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001929 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1930 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1931 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1932 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1933 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1934 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001935 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1936 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001937 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1938 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1939 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1940 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1941 }
1942
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001943 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1944 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1945 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001946 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1947 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001948 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1949 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1950 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1951 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1952 }
1953 }
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001954
1955 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001956 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
1957 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
1958 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
1959 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
1960 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1961 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
1962 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1963 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
1964 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1965 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
1966 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
1967 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
1968 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
1969 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
1970 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
1971 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1972 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1973 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
1974 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00001975 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00001976 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1977 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1978 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1979 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1980 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1981 }
1982 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
1983 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
1984 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1985 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1986 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1987 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1988 }
1989 }
1990
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001991 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1992 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1993 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001994 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
1995 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001996 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1997 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1998 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1999 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2000 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002001
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002002 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002003 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2004 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002005 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2006 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2007 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2008 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2009 }
2010 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002011
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002012 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2013}
2014
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002015/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2016/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2017/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2018/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002019/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002020/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2021/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002022ImplicitConversionSequence
2023Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002024 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2025 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002026 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002027 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002028 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002029 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002030 SuppressUserConversions,
2031 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2032 ForceRValue,
2033 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002034 return ICS;
2035 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002036 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002037 SuppressUserConversions,
2038 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002039 ForceRValue,
2040 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002041 }
2042}
2043
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002044/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2045/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2046/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2047/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2048/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002049bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002050 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002051 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2052 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2053 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002054
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002055 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2056 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002057 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2058 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2059 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002060
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002061 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
2062 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002063 }
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002064
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002065 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002066 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002067 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002068 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2069 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2070 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002071
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002072 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
2073 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002074 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002075 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002076 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2077 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
2078 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002079 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002080}
2081
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002082/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2083/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2084/// expression @p From.
2085ImplicitConversionSequence
2086Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
2087 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002088 QualType ImplicitParamType
2089 = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Method->getTypeQualifiers());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002090
2091 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2092 // to exit early.
2093 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2094 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2095 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2096
2097 // We need to have an object of class type.
2098 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002099 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002100 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2101
2102 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002103
2104 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2105 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2106 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2107 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002108 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002109 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2110 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2111 // non-constant references.
2112
2113 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2114 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2115 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002116 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2117 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregor01df9462009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002118 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002119 return ICS;
2120
2121 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2122 // affects the conversion rank.
2123 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002124 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002125 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2126 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2127 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2128 else
2129 return ICS;
2130
2131 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2132 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2133 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2134 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2135 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2136 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002137 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002138 return ICS;
2139}
2140
2141/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2142/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2143/// expression.
2144bool
2145Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002146 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002147 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002148 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002149
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002150 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002151 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2152 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2153 } else {
2154 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2155 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2156 }
2157
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002159 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2160 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2161 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002162 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002163 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002164
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002165 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002166 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2167 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002168 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2169 From->getSourceRange()))
2170 return true;
2171
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002172 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson4f4aab22009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002173 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002174 return false;
2175}
2176
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002177/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2178/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2179ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002180 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002181 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2182 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002183 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002184 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2185 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002186}
2187
2188/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2189/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2190bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2191 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2192 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2193 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002194
2195 if (!DiagnoseAmbiguousUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
2196 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2197 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2198 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2199 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002200}
2201
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002202/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002203/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2204/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2205/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002206/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2207/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2208/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002209///
2210/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2211/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2212/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002213void
2214Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002215 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002216 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002217 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002218 bool ForceRValue,
2219 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002221 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002222 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002223 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002224 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002225 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002226 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002228 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002229 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2230 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2231 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2232 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2233 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2234 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2235 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002236 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002237 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2238 return;
2239 }
2240 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2241 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002242 }
2243
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002244 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002245 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002246
2247 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2248 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2249 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2250 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2251 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2252 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2253 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
2254 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()))
2255 return;
2256 }
2257
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002258 // Add this candidate
2259 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2260 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2261 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002262 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002263 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002264 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002265
2266 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2267
2268 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2269 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2270 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002271 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2272 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002273 Candidate.Viable = false;
2274 return;
2275 }
2276
2277 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2278 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2279 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2280 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2281 // exactly m parameters.
2282 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002283 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002284 // Not enough arguments.
2285 Candidate.Viable = false;
2286 return;
2287 }
2288
2289 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2290 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002291 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2292 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2293 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2294 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2295 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2296 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2297 // parameter of F.
2298 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002299 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2300 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002301 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2302 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002304 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002305 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2306 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2307 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2308 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2309 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2310 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2311 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002312 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002313 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2314 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002315 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2316 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2317 // later.
2318 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2319 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2320 }
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002321 else {
2322 Candidate.Viable = false;
2323 break;
2324 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002325 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002326 } else {
2327 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2328 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2329 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002330 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002331 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2332 }
2333 }
2334}
2335
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002336/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2337/// the overload canddiate set.
2338void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2339 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2340 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2341 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002342 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002343 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002344 F != FEnd; ++F) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002345 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2346 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2347 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
2348 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2349 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2350 else
2351 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2352 SuppressUserConversions);
2353 } else {
2354 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2355 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2356 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2357 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002358 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002359 Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
2360 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002361 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002362 else
2363 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
2364 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
2365 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2366 SuppressUserConversions);
2367 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002368 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002369}
2370
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002371/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2372/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
2373void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(NamedDecl *Decl, Expr *Object,
2374 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2375 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2376 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2377
2378 // FIXME: use this
2379 //DeclContext *ActingContext = Decl->getDeclContext();
2380
2381 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2382 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2383
2384 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2385 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2386 "Expected a member function template");
2387 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, false, 0, 0,
2388 Object, Args, NumArgs,
2389 CandidateSet,
2390 SuppressUserConversions,
2391 ForceRValue);
2392 } else {
2393 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), Object, Args, NumArgs,
2394 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2395 }
2396}
2397
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002398/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2399/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2400/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2401/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2402/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2403/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002404/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2405/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2406/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002407void
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002408Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2409 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2410 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002411 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2412 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002413 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002414 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002415 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002416 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002417 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2418 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002419
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002420 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2421 return;
2422
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002423 // Add this candidate
2424 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2425 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2426 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002427 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002428 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002429
2430 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2431
2432 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2433 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2434 // list (8.3.5).
2435 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2436 Candidate.Viable = false;
2437 return;
2438 }
2439
2440 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2441 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2442 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2443 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2444 // exactly m parameters.
2445 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2446 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2447 // Not enough arguments.
2448 Candidate.Viable = false;
2449 return;
2450 }
2451
2452 Candidate.Viable = true;
2453 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2454
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002455 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2456 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2457 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2458 else {
2459 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2460 // parameter.
2461 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002463 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2464 Candidate.Viable = false;
2465 return;
2466 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002467 }
2468
2469 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2470 // arguments.
2471 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2472 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2473 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2474 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2475 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2476 // parameter of F.
2477 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002478 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2479 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002480 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002481 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002482 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002483 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2484 Candidate.Viable = false;
2485 break;
2486 }
2487 } else {
2488 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2489 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2490 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002491 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002492 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2493 }
2494 }
2495}
2496
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002497/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2498/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2499/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002501Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2502 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002503 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002504 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2505 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2506 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2507 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2508 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002509 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2510 return;
2511
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002512 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002513 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002514 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002515 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002516 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2517 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2518 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2519 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2520 // functions.
2521 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2522 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2523 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2524 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2525 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2526 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2527 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2528 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2529 (void)Result;
2530 return;
2531 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002532
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002533 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2534 // deduction as a candidate.
2535 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002536 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002537 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002538 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002539 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2540}
2541
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002542/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2543/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2544/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002545void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002546Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002547 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002548 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002549 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002550 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2551 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2552 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2553 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002554 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2555 return;
2556
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002557 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002558 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002559 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002560 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002561 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2562 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2563 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2564 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2565 // functions.
2566 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2567 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2568 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002569 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2570 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2571 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002572 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2573 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2574 (void)Result;
2575 return;
2576 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002577
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002578 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2579 // deduction as a candidate.
2580 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2581 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2582 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2583}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002584
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002585/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002586/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002587/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002589/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2590/// conversion function produces).
2591void
2592Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2593 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2594 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002595 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2596 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2597
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002598 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2599 return;
2600
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002601 // Add this candidate
2602 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2603 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2604 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002605 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002606 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002607 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002608 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002609 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2610 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2611
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002612 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2613 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002614 Candidate.Viable = true;
2615 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002616 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002617 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2618 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2619 // in overload resolution.
2620 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2621 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002622 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002623 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2624 Candidate.Viable = false;
2625 return;
2626 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002627
2628 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2629 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2630 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2631 QualType FromCanon
2632 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2633 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2634 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2635 Candidate.Viable = false;
2636 return;
2637 }
2638
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002639
2640 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2641 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2642 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2643 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2644 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2645 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2646 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2647 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002648 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002649 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002650 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002651 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002652 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653
2654 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002655 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2656 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002658 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002659 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2661 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002662 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002663 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2664 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002665
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002666 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2667 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2668 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2669 break;
2670
2671 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2672 Candidate.Viable = false;
2673 break;
2674
2675 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002676 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002677 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2678 }
2679}
2680
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002681/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2682/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2683/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2684/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2685/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002686void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002687Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2688 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2689 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2690 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2691 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2692
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002693 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2694 return;
2695
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002696 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2697 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2698 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002699 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002700 Specialization, Info)) {
2701 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2702 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2703 (void)Result;
2704 return;
2705 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002706
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002707 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2708 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2709 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2710 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2711}
2712
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002713/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2714/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2715/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2716/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2717/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2718void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002719 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002720 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2721 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002722 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2723 return;
2724
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002725 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2726 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2727 Candidate.Function = 0;
2728 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2729 Candidate.Viable = true;
2730 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002731 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002732 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2733
2734 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2735 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002736 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002737 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2738 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2739 Candidate.Viable = false;
2740 return;
2741 }
2742
2743 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2744 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2745 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002746 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002747 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2748 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002749 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002750 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002751 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002752 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2753 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2754
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002755 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002756 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2757
2758 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2759 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2760 // list (8.3.5).
2761 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2762 Candidate.Viable = false;
2763 return;
2764 }
2765
2766 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2767 // we have enough arguments.
2768 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2769 // Not enough arguments.
2770 Candidate.Viable = false;
2771 return;
2772 }
2773
2774 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2775 // arguments.
2776 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2777 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2778 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2779 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2780 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2781 // parameter of F.
2782 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002783 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2784 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002785 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002786 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2787 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002788 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002789 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2790 Candidate.Viable = false;
2791 break;
2792 }
2793 } else {
2794 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2795 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2796 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002798 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2799 }
2800 }
2801}
2802
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002803// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2804// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2805// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002806void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002807 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002808 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002809 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2810 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002811 FunctionSet Functions;
2812
2813 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2814 QualType T2;
2815 if (NumArgs > 1)
2816 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2817
2818 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002819 if (S)
2820 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002821 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002822 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2823 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002824 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002825}
2826
2827/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2828/// member functions.
2829///
2830/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2831/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2832/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2833/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2834/// [over.match.oper]).
2835void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2836 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2837 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2838 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2839 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002840 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2841
2842 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2843 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2844 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2845 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2846 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2847 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2848 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2849 // constructed as follows:
2850 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2851 QualType T2;
2852 if (NumArgs > 1)
2853 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2854
2855 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2856 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2857 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2858 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002859 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002860 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002861 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002862 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002864 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2865 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
2866 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
2867
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002868 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002869 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2870 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002871 ++Oper)
2872 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Args[0], Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
2873 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002874 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002875}
2876
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002877/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2878/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2879/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002880/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2881/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002882/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2883/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2884/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002885void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002886 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002887 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002888 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2889 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002890 // Add this candidate
2891 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2892 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2893 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002894 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002895 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002896 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2897 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2898 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2899
2900 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2901 // arguments.
2902 Candidate.Viable = true;
2903 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2904 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002905 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2906 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2907 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2908 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2909 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2910 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002911 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002912 //
2913 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2914 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2915 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2916 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002917 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002918 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002919 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2920 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2921 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002922 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2923 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002924 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002925 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2926 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002927 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002929 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002930 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002931 break;
2932 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002933 }
2934}
2935
2936/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2937/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2938/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2939/// enumeration types.
2940class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2941 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002942 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002943
2944 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2945 /// built-in candidates.
2946 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2947
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002948 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2949 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2950 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2951
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002952 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2953 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2954 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2955
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002956 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2957 /// candidate type set.
2958 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002960 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2961 ASTContext &Context;
2962
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00002963 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
2964 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002965 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002966
2967public:
2968 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002969 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002970
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002971 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002972 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002973
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002974 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2975 SourceLocation Loc,
2976 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00002977 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
2978 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002979
2980 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2981 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2982
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002983 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002984 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2985
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002986 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2987 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2988
2989 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2990 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2991
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002992 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2993 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2994
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002995 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002996 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2997};
2998
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002999/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003000/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3001/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3002/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3003/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3004/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3005/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003006///
3007/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003008bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003009BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3010 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003011
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003012 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003013 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003014 return false;
3015
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003016 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3017 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003018
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003019 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3020 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003021 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003022 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003023 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3024 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3025
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003026 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3027 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3028 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003029 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3030 // in the types.
3031 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3032 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003033 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3034 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003035 }
3036
3037 return true;
3038}
3039
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003040/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3041/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3042/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3043/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3044/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3045/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3046/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003047///
3048/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003049bool
3050BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3051 QualType Ty) {
3052 // Insert this type.
3053 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3054 return false;
3055
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003056 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3057 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003058
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003059 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3060 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3061
3062 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3063 // qualifiers.
3064 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3065 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3066 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3067
3068 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3069 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003070 }
3071
3072 return true;
3073}
3074
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003075/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3076/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003077/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3078/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003079/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3080/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3081/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3082/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003083void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003084BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003085 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003086 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003087 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3088 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003089 // Only deal with canonical types.
3090 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3091
3092 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3093 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003094 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003095 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3096
3097 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003098 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003099
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003100 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3101 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3102 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3103
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003104 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003105 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3106
3107 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3108 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003109 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003110 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003111 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3112 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3113 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3114 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003115 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003116 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003117 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003118 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003119 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003120 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3121 return;
3122 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003123
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003124 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003125 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003126 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003127 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003128 = Conversions->function_begin();
3129 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003130 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
3131 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
3132 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
3133
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003134 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003135 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
3136 if (ConvTemplate)
3137 continue;
3138
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003139 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003140 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003141 VisibleQuals);
3142 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003143 }
3144 }
3145 }
3146}
3147
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003148/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3149/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3150/// given type to the candidate set.
3151static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3152 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003154 unsigned NumArgs,
3155 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3156 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003157
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003158 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3159 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3160 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3161 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3162 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003163
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003164 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3165 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003166 ParamTypes[0]
3167 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003168 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3169 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003170 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003171 }
3172}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003173
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003174/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3175/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003176static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3177 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3178 const RecordType *TyRec;
3179 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3180 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3181 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3182 else
3183 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3184 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003185 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003186 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3187 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3188 return VRQuals;
3189 }
3190
3191 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
3192 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003193 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003194
3195 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
3196 = Conversions->function_begin();
3197 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
3198 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func)) {
3199 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3200 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3201 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3202 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3203 // as see them.
3204 bool done = false;
3205 while (!done) {
3206 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3207 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3208 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3209 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3210 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3211 else
3212 done = true;
3213 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3214 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3215 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3216 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3217 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3218 return VRQuals;
3219 }
3220 }
3221 }
3222 return VRQuals;
3223}
3224
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003225/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3226/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3227/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3228/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3229/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003230void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003231Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003232 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003233 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3234 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003235 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3236 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3237 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3238 // types; these types need to be first.
3239 // FIXME: What about complex?
3240 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3241 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003242 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003243 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3244 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3245 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3246 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3247 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003248 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3249// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003250 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3251 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3252 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3253 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3254 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3255 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003256 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3257 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3258 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3259 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3260 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3261 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3262 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3263 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3264 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3265 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3266
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003267 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3268 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3269 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003270 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3271 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003272 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3273 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3274
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003275 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003276 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3277 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003278 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003279 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003280 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003281 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003282 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003283 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003284 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003285 true,
3286 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3287 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003288 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3289 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003290 }
3291
3292 bool isComparison = false;
3293 switch (Op) {
3294 case OO_None:
3295 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3296 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3297 break;
3298
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003299 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003300 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003301 goto UnaryStar;
3302 else
3303 goto BinaryStar;
3304 break;
3305
3306 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3307 if (NumArgs == 1)
3308 goto UnaryPlus;
3309 else
3310 goto BinaryPlus;
3311 break;
3312
3313 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3314 if (NumArgs == 1)
3315 goto UnaryMinus;
3316 else
3317 goto BinaryMinus;
3318 break;
3319
3320 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3321 if (NumArgs == 1)
3322 goto UnaryAmp;
3323 else
3324 goto BinaryAmp;
3325
3326 case OO_PlusPlus:
3327 case OO_MinusMinus:
3328 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3329 //
3330 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3331 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3332 // functions of the form
3333 //
3334 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3335 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3336 //
3337 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3338 //
3339 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3340 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3341 // candidate operator functions of the form
3342 //
3343 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3344 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003345 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003346 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3347 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003348 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003349 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003350
3351 // Non-volatile version.
3352 if (NumArgs == 1)
3353 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3354 else
3355 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003356 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3357 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3358 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3359 // Volatile version
3360 ParamTypes[0]
3361 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3362 if (NumArgs == 1)
3363 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3364 else
3365 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3366 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003367 }
3368
3369 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3370 //
3371 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3372 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3373 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3374 //
3375 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3376 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3377 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3378 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3379 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3380 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3381 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003382 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003383 continue;
3384
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003385 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3386 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003387 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003388
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003389 // Without volatile
3390 if (NumArgs == 1)
3391 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3392 else
3393 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3394
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003395 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3396 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003397 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003398 ParamTypes[0]
3399 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003400 if (NumArgs == 1)
3401 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3402 else
3403 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3404 }
3405 }
3406 break;
3407
3408 UnaryStar:
3409 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3410 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3411 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3412 //
3413 // T& operator*(T*);
3414 //
3415 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3416 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3417 // functions of the form
3418 // T& operator*(T*);
3419 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3420 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3421 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003422 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003423 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003424 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3425 }
3426 break;
3427
3428 UnaryPlus:
3429 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3430 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3431 // the form
3432 //
3433 // T* operator+(T*);
3434 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3435 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3436 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3437 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3438 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003439
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003440 // Fall through
3441
3442 UnaryMinus:
3443 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3444 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3445 // operator functions of the form
3446 //
3447 // T operator+(T);
3448 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003449 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003450 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3451 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3452 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3453 }
3454 break;
3455
3456 case OO_Tilde:
3457 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3458 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3459 // operator functions of the form
3460 //
3461 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003462 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003463 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3464 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3465 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3466 }
3467 break;
3468
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003469 case OO_New:
3470 case OO_Delete:
3471 case OO_Array_New:
3472 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003473 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003474 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003475 break;
3476
3477 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003478 UnaryAmp:
3479 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003480 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3481 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3482 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003483 break;
3484
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003485 case OO_EqualEqual:
3486 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3487 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3489 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003490 //
3491 // bool operator==(T,T);
3492 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003493 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003494 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3495 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3496 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3497 ++MemPtr) {
3498 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3499 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3500 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003501
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003502 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003503
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003504 case OO_Less:
3505 case OO_Greater:
3506 case OO_LessEqual:
3507 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003508 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3509 //
3510 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3511 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003512 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003513 // bool operator<(T, T);
3514 // bool operator>(T, T);
3515 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3516 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3517 // bool operator==(T, T);
3518 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3519 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3520 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3521 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3522 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3523 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003524 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003525 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3526 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3527 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3528 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3529 }
3530
3531 // Fall through.
3532 isComparison = true;
3533
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003534 BinaryPlus:
3535 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003536 if (!isComparison) {
3537 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3538
3539 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3540 //
3541 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3542 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003543 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003544 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3545 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3546 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3547 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3548 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3549 //
3550 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3551 //
3552 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3553 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3554 //
3555 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003556 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003557 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3558 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3559 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3560
3561 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3562 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3563
3564 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3565 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3566 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3567 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3568 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3569 } else {
3570 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3571 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3572 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3573 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3574 }
3575 }
3576 }
3577 // Fall through
3578
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003579 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003580 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003581 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003582 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3583 //
3584 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3585 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3586 //
3587 // LR operator*(L, R);
3588 // LR operator/(L, R);
3589 // LR operator+(L, R);
3590 // LR operator-(L, R);
3591 // bool operator<(L, R);
3592 // bool operator>(L, R);
3593 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3594 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3595 // bool operator==(L, R);
3596 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3597 //
3598 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3599 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003600 //
3601 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3602 //
3603 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3604 // candidate operator functions of the form
3605 //
3606 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3607 //
3608 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3609 // between types L and R.
3610 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003611 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003612 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003613 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003614 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3615 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003616 QualType Result
3617 = isComparison
3618 ? Context.BoolTy
3619 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003620 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3621 }
3622 }
3623 break;
3624
3625 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003626 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003627 case OO_Caret:
3628 case OO_Pipe:
3629 case OO_LessLess:
3630 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3631 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3632 //
3633 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3634 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3635 //
3636 // LR operator%(L, R);
3637 // LR operator&(L, R);
3638 // LR operator^(L, R);
3639 // LR operator|(L, R);
3640 // L operator<<(L, R);
3641 // L operator>>(L, R);
3642 //
3643 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3644 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003646 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003647 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003648 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3649 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3650 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3651 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003652 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003653 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3654 }
3655 }
3656 break;
3657
3658 case OO_Equal:
3659 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3660 //
3661 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003662 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003663 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3664 //
3665 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003666 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3667 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3668 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3669 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003670 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003671 CandidateSet);
3672 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3673 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3674 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3675 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003676 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003677 CandidateSet);
3678 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003679
3680 case OO_PlusEqual:
3681 case OO_MinusEqual:
3682 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3683 //
3684 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3685 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3686 // of the form
3687 //
3688 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3689 //
3690 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3691 //
3692 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3693 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3694 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3695 //
3696 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3697 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3698 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3699 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3700 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3701 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3702
3703 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003704 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003705 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3706 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003707
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003708 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3709 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003710 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003711 ParamTypes[0]
3712 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003713 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3714 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003715 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003716 }
3717 // Fall through.
3718
3719 case OO_StarEqual:
3720 case OO_SlashEqual:
3721 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3722 //
3723 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3724 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3725 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3726 // the form
3727 //
3728 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3729 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3730 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3731 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3732 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3733 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003735 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3736 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3737 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3738
3739 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003740 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003741 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3742 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003743
3744 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003745 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3746 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3747 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3748 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3749 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3750 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003751 }
3752 }
3753 break;
3754
3755 case OO_PercentEqual:
3756 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3757 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3758 case OO_AmpEqual:
3759 case OO_CaretEqual:
3760 case OO_PipeEqual:
3761 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3762 //
3763 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3764 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3765 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3766 //
3767 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3768 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3769 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3770 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3771 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3772 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3773 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003774 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003775 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3776 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3777 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3778
3779 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003780 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003781 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003782 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3783 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3784 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3785 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3786 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3787 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3788 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003789 }
3790 }
3791 break;
3792
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003793 case OO_Exclaim: {
3794 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3795 //
3796 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3797 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003798 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003799 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3800 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3801 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003802 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3803 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3804 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003805 break;
3806 }
3807
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003808 case OO_AmpAmp:
3809 case OO_PipePipe: {
3810 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3811 //
3812 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3813 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003814 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003815 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3816 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3817 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003818 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3819 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3820 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003821 break;
3822 }
3823
3824 case OO_Subscript:
3825 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3826 //
3827 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3828 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003829 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003830 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3831 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3832 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3833 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3834 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3835 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3836 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3837 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003838 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003839 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003840
3841 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3842 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3843
3844 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3845 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3846 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3847 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3848 }
3849 break;
3850
3851 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003852 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3853 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3854 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3855 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3856 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3857 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3858 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3859 {
3860 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3861 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3862 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3863 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3864 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003865 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003866 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003867 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003868 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3869 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003870 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3871 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
3872 // volatile/restrict type.
3873 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
3874 continue;
3875 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
3876 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003877 }
3878 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3879 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3880 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3881 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
3882 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
3883 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00003884 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003885 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
3886 break;
3887 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
3888 // build CV12 T&
3889 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003890 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
3891 T.isVolatileQualified())
3892 continue;
3893 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
3894 T.isRestrictQualified())
3895 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003896 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003897 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3898 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3899 }
3900 }
3901 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003902 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003903
3904 case OO_Conditional:
3905 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3906 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3907 // therefore added as binary.
3908 //
3909 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3910 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3911 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3912 //
3913 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3914 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003915 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3916 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3917 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3918 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3919 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003920 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3921 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3922 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3923 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3924 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3925 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003926 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003927 }
3928}
3929
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003930/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3931/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3932///
3933/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3934/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3935/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3936/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003937void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003938Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3939 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003940 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003941 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003942 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
3943 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
3944 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003945 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003946
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003947 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
3948
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003949 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3950 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3951 // candidates a second time.
3952 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3953 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3954 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003955 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003956 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003957 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3958 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3959 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003960
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003961 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00003962 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003963
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003964 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3965 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3966 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3967 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3968 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003969 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003970 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003971 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3972 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3973 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003974
3975 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3976 // set.
3977 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3978 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003979 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003980 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
3981 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
3982 continue;
3983
3984 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
3985 false, false, PartialOverloading);
3986 } else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00003988 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
3989 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
3990 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003991 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003992 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003993}
3994
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003995/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3996/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003997bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003998Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003999 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004000 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4001 // functions.
4002 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4003 return Cand1.Viable;
4004 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4005 return false;
4006
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004007 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4008 //
4009 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4010 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4011 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4012 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4013 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4014 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4015 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004016
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004017 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004018 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4019 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004020 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004021 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4022 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4023 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004024 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004025 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4026 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4027 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4028 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4029 HasBetterConversion = true;
4030 break;
4031
4032 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4033 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4034 return false;
4035
4036 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4037 // Do nothing.
4038 break;
4039 }
4040 }
4041
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004043 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004044 if (HasBetterConversion)
4045 return true;
4046
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004047 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004048 // specialization, or, if not that,
4049 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4050 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4051 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004052
4053 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4054 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4055 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004056 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004057 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4058 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004059 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4060 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4061 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004062 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4063 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004064 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004065
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004066 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4067 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4068 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4069 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4070 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4071 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004072 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4073 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004074 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4075 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4076 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4077 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4078 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4079 return true;
4080
4081 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4082 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4083 return false;
4084
4085 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4086 // Do nothing
4087 break;
4088 }
4089 }
4090
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004091 return false;
4092}
4093
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004094/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004095/// within an overload candidate set.
4096///
4097/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4098///
4099/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4100/// which overload resolution occurs.
4101///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004102/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004103/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4104///
4105/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004106Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004107Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004108 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004109 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004110 // Find the best viable function.
4111 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4112 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4113 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4114 if (Cand->Viable) {
4115 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4116 Best = Cand;
4117 }
4118 }
4119
4120 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4121 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4122 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4123
4124 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4125 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4126 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4127 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004128 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004129 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004130 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4131 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004132 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004133 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004134 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004135
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004136 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004137 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004138 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004139 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004140 return OR_Deleted;
4141
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004142 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4143 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004144 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4145 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004146 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4147 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4148 if (Best->Function)
4149 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004150 return OR_Success;
4151}
4152
4153/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4154/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
4155/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004156void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004157Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004158 bool OnlyViable,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004159 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004160 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004161 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4162 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004163 bool Reported = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004164 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004165 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
4166 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004167 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004168 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004169 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
4170 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
4171 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
Douglas Gregor4fb9cde8e2009-09-15 20:11:42 +00004172 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
4173 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4174 // Function template specialization
4175 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
4176 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_template_candidate)
4177 << getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4178 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004179 } else {
4180 // Normal function
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +00004181 bool errReported = false;
4182 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4183 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4184 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4185 Cand->Conversions[i];
4186 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4187 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4188 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4189 continue;
4190 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
4191 diag::err_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
4192 errReported = true;
4193 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4194 j >= 0; j--) {
4195 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4196 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4197 }
4198 }
4199 }
4200 if (!errReported)
4201 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004202 }
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004203 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004204 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4205 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4206 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4207 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004208 bool isLValueReference = false;
4209 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004210 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004211 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004212 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004213 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004214 isLValueReference = true;
4215 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004216 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004217 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4218 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004219 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004220 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004221 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4222 isPointer = true;
4223 }
4224 // Desugar down to a function type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004225 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004226 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4227 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004228 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4229 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004230
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004231 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004232 << FnType;
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004233 } else if (OnlyViable) {
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004234 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 &&
Fariborz Jahanian0fe5e032009-10-09 17:09:58 +00004235 "builtin-binary-operator-not-binary");
Fariborz Jahanian956127d2009-10-16 23:25:02 +00004236 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4237 TypeStr += Opc;
4238 TypeStr += "(";
4239 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4240 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4241 TypeStr += ")";
4242 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4243 }
4244 else {
4245 TypeStr += ", ";
4246 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4247 TypeStr += ")";
4248 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4249 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004250 }
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004251 else if (!Cand->Viable && !Reported) {
4252 // Non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined conversions,
4253 // needed for built-in operators. Report them as well, but only once
4254 // as we have typically many built-in candidates.
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004255 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4256 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +00004257 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4258 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4259 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4260 continue;
4261 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4262 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4263 QualType FromTy =
4264 QualType(
4265 static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4266 Diag(OpLoc,diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4267 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4268 }
4269 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4270 FunctionDecl *Func =
4271 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4272 Diag(Func->getLocation(),diag::err_ovl_candidate);
4273 }
4274 }
4275 Reported = true;
4276 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004277 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004278 }
4279}
4280
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004281/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4282/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4283/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4284/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4285///
4286/// @code
4287/// int f(double);
4288/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004289///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004290/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4291/// @endcode
4292///
4293/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4294/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4295/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4296FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004297Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004298 bool Complain) {
4299 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004300 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004301 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004302 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004303 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004304 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004305 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004306 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004307 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4308 IsMember = true;
4309 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004310
4311 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor6b6ba8b2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004312 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004313 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004314 return 0;
4315
4316 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
4317 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004318
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004319 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4320 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4321 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4322 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4323
4324 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4325 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4326 // operator.
4327 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4328 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4329 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4330 }
4331
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004332 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004333 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004334 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4335
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004336 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004337 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
4338 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004339 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004340 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004341 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4342 ExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getTemplateArgs();
4343 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = DR->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlsson6c966c42009-10-07 22:26:29 +00004344 } else if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4345 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
4346 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004347 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList();
4348 ExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getTemplateArgs();
4349 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = ME->getNumTemplateArgs();
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004350 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TIRE = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4351 TemplateName Name = TIRE->getTemplateName();
4352 Ovl = Name.getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
4353 FunctionTemplate =
4354 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Name.getAsTemplateDecl());
4355
4356 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4357 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getTemplateArgs();
4358 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TIRE->getNumTemplateArgs();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004359 }
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004360
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004361 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004362 // we're done.
4363 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004364 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004365
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004366 OverloadIterator Fun;
4367 if (Ovl)
4368 Fun = Ovl;
4369 else
4370 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004371
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004372 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4373 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004374 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004375 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004376 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004377 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4378 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004379 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4380 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004381 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4382 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004383
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004384 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004385 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004386 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004387 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004388 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004389 // static when converting to member pointer.
4390 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4391 continue;
4392 } else if (IsMember)
4393 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004394
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004395 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004396 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4397 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4398 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4399 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004400 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004401 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004402 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4403 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4404 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004405 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4406 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4407 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004408 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4409 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4410 (void)Result;
4411 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004412 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4413 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004414 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004415 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004416 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004417 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004418 }
4419 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004420
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004421 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
4422 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4423 // when converting to member pointer.
4424 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004425 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004426
4427 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4428 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4429 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004430 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004431 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004432
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004433 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004434 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004435 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004436 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4437 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004438 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004439 }
4440
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004441 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4442 if (Matches.empty())
4443 return 0;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004444 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4445 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4446 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4447 return Result;
4448 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004449
4450 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4451 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004452 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004453 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004454 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4455 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4456 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4457 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4458 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4459
4460 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4461 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4462 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4463 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004464 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004465 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004466 FunctionDecl *Result =
4467 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4468 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4469 PDiag(),
4470 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4471 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
4472 PDiag(diag::err_ovl_template_candidate));
4473 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4474 return Result;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004475 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004476
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004477 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4478 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4479 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4480 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4481 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4482 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4483
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004484 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004485 // selected function.
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004486 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4487 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4488 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4489 return Result;
4490 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004491
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004492 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4493 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4494 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4495 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4496 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4497 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004498 return 0;
4499}
4500
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004501/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4502static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
4503 AnyFunctionDecl Callee,
4504 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4505 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004506 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004507 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4508 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4509 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4510 bool PartialOverloading) {
4511 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4512 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
4513 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4514 PartialOverloading);
4515
4516 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4517 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4518 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4519 return;
4520 }
4521
4522 FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee);
4523 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4524 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4525 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4526 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4527
4528 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4529 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4530}
4531
4532/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4533/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
4534void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(NamedDecl *Callee,
4535 DeclarationName &UnqualifiedName,
4536 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup,
4537 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004538 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004539 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4540 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4541 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4542 bool PartialOverloading) {
4543 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4544 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4545 // lookup still applies, per:
4546 //
4547 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4548 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4549 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4550 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4551 //
4552 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4553 //
4554 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
4555 // using-declaration (FIXME: check for using declaration), or
4556 //
4557 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4558 // template
4559 //
4560 // then Y is empty.
4561 if (!Callee) {
4562 // Nothing to do.
4563 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
4564 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4565 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4566 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4567 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4568 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *Func, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4569 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4570 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4571 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4572 PartialOverloading);
4573 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Callee) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee))
4574 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this,
4575 AnyFunctionDecl::getFromNamedDecl(Callee),
4576 ArgumentDependentLookup,
4577 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4578 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4579 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4580 PartialOverloading);
4581 // FIXME: assert isa<FunctionDecl> || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl> rather than
4582 // checking dynamically.
4583
4584 if (Callee)
4585 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4586
4587 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
4588 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
4589 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4590 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4591 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4592 CandidateSet,
4593 PartialOverloading);
4594}
4595
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004596/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004597/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4598/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4599/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4600/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004601/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004602/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004603FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004604 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004605 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00004606 const TemplateArgumentLoc *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004607 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004608 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4609 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004610 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004611 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004612 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004613 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004614
4615 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004616 // functions.
4617 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(Callee, UnqualifiedName, ArgumentDependentLookup,
4618 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4619 NumExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, NumArgs,
4620 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004621 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004622 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004623 case OR_Success:
4624 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004625
4626 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004627 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004628 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004629 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004630 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4631 break;
4632
4633 case OR_Ambiguous:
4634 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004635 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004636 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4637 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004638
4639 case OR_Deleted:
4640 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4641 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4642 << UnqualifiedName
4643 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4644 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4645 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004646 }
4647
4648 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4649 // return NULL.
4650 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4651 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4652 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4653 return 0;
4654}
4655
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004656/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4657/// operator.
4658///
4659/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4660///
4661/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4662/// operator.
4663///
4664/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4665/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4666/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4667/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4668/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4669/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4670///
4671/// \param input The input argument.
4672Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4673 unsigned OpcIn,
4674 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004675 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004676 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4677 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4678
4679 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4680 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4681 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4682
4683 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4684 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004685
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004686 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4687 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4688 // post-decrement.
4689 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4690 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004691 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004692 SourceLocation());
4693 NumArgs = 2;
4694 }
4695
4696 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004697 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004698 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004699 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004700 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4701 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4702 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4703
4704 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4705 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004706
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004707 input.release();
4708 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4709 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4710 Context.DependentTy,
4711 OpLoc));
4712 }
4713
4714 // Build an empty overload set.
4715 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4716
4717 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4718 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4719
4720 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4721 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4722
4723 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004724 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004725
4726 // Perform overload resolution.
4727 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004728 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004729 case OR_Success: {
4730 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4731 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004732
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004733 if (FnDecl) {
4734 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4735 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004736
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004737 // Convert the arguments.
4738 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4739 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4740 return ExprError();
4741 } else {
4742 // Convert the arguments.
4743 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4744 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4745 "passing"))
4746 return ExprError();
4747 }
4748
4749 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004750 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004752 // Build the actual expression node.
4753 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4754 SourceLocation());
4755 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004756
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004757 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00004758 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004759 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
4760 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00004761 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00004762
4763 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4764 FnDecl))
4765 return ExprError();
4766
4767 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004768 } else {
4769 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4770 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4771 // operator node.
4772 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4773 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4774 return ExprError();
4775
4776 break;
4777 }
4778 }
4779
4780 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4781 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4782 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4783 break;
4784
4785 case OR_Ambiguous:
4786 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4787 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4788 << Input->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004789 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4790 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004791 return ExprError();
4792
4793 case OR_Deleted:
4794 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4795 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4796 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4797 << Input->getSourceRange();
4798 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4799 return ExprError();
4800 }
4801
4802 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4803 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4804 // build a built-in operation.
4805 input.release();
4806 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4807}
4808
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004809/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4810/// operator.
4811///
4812/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4813///
4814/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4815/// operator.
4816///
4817/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4818/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4819/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4820/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4821/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4822/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4823///
4824/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4825/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004826Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004827Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004828 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004829 FunctionSet &Functions,
4830 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004831 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004832 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004833
4834 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4835 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4836 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4837
4838 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4839 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004840 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00004841 if (Functions.empty()) {
4842 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
4843 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
4844 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
4845 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4846 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4847
4848 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
4849 Context.DependentTy,
4850 Context.DependentTy,
4851 Context.DependentTy,
4852 OpLoc));
4853 }
4854
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004855 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004856 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004857 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004858 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4859 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4860 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4861
4862 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4863 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004864
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004865 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004866 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004867 Context.DependentTy,
4868 OpLoc));
4869 }
4870
4871 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4872 // create a built-in binary operator.
4873 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004874 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004875
4876 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4877 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4878 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4879 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004880 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4881 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004882
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004883 // Build an empty overload set.
4884 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004885
4886 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4887 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4888
4889 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4890 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4891
4892 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00004893 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004894
4895 // Perform overload resolution.
4896 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004897 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004898 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004899 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4900 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4901
4902 if (FnDecl) {
4903 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4904 // operator.
4905
4906 // Convert the arguments.
4907 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004908 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4909 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004910 "passing"))
4911 return ExprError();
4912 } else {
4913 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004914 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004915 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004916 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004917 "passing"))
4918 return ExprError();
4919 }
4920
4921 // Determine the result type
4922 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004923 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004924 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4925
4926 // Build the actual expression node.
4927 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004928 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004929 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4930
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00004931 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4932 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
4933 Args, 2, ResultTy,
4934 OpLoc));
4935
4936 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
4937 FnDecl))
4938 return ExprError();
4939
4940 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004941 } else {
4942 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4943 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4944 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004945 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004946 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004947 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004948 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4949 return ExprError();
4950
4951 break;
4952 }
4953 }
4954
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004955 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
4956 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
4957 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
4958 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
4959 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
4960 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
4961 break;
4962
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004963 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4964 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4965 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004966 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
4967 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
4968 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004969 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4970 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004971 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004972 } else {
4973 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
4974 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
4975 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004976 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004977 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
4978 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
4979 if (Result.isInvalid())
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004980 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
4981 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00004982 return move(Result);
4983 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004984
4985 case OR_Ambiguous:
4986 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4987 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004988 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004989 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
4990 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004991 return ExprError();
4992
4993 case OR_Deleted:
4994 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4995 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4996 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004997 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004998 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4999 return ExprError();
5000 }
5001
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005002 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005003 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005004}
5005
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005006Action::OwningExprResult
5007Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
5008 SourceLocation RLoc,
5009 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
5010 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
5011 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
5012 DeclarationName OpName =
5013 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
5014
5015 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5016 // expression.
5017 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5018
5019 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
5020 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
5021
5022 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
5023 LLoc, false, false);
5024
5025 Base.release();
5026 Idx.release();
5027 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5028 Args, 2,
5029 Context.DependentTy,
5030 RLoc));
5031 }
5032
5033 // Build an empty overload set.
5034 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5035
5036 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5037
5038 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5039 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5040
5041 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5042 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5043
5044 // Perform overload resolution.
5045 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5046 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5047 case OR_Success: {
5048 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5049 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5050
5051 if (FnDecl) {
5052 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5053 // operator.
5054
5055 // Convert the arguments.
5056 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5057 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5058 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5059 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
5060 "passing"))
5061 return ExprError();
5062
5063 // Determine the result type
5064 QualType ResultTy
5065 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5066 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5067
5068 // Build the actual expression node.
5069 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5070 LLoc);
5071 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5072
5073 Base.release();
5074 Idx.release();
5075 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5076 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5077 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5078 ResultTy, RLoc));
5079
5080 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5081 FnDecl))
5082 return ExprError();
5083
5084 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5085 } else {
5086 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5087 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5088 // operator node.
5089 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
5090 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
5091 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
5092 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
5093 return ExprError();
5094
5095 break;
5096 }
5097 }
5098
5099 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5100 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5101 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5102 OwningExprResult Result =
5103 CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(move(Base), LLoc, move(Idx), RLoc);
5104 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5105 "C++ subscript operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5106 if (Result.isInvalid())
5107 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false,
5108 "[]", LLoc);
5109 return move(Result);
5110 }
5111
5112 case OR_Ambiguous:
5113 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5114 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5115 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true,
5116 "[]", LLoc);
5117 return ExprError();
5118
5119 case OR_Deleted:
5120 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5121 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5122 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5123 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5124 return ExprError();
5125 }
5126
5127 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5128 Base.release();
5129 Idx.release();
5130 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5131 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5132}
5133
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005134/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5135/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5136/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5137/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5138/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5139/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5140/// function.
5141Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005142Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5143 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005144 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5145 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5146 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5147 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
5148 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
5149 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
5150 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
5151 else
5152 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
5153 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
5154
5155 // Extract the object argument.
5156 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00005157
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005158 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005159 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
5160 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005161 // Add overload candidates
5162 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005163 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005164
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005165 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
5166 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005167 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))) {
5168 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5169 // non-template member function.
5170 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList())
5171 continue;
5172
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005173 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005174 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005175 } else
Douglas Gregor84f14dd2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00005176 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
5177 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
5178 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
5179 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5180 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005181 CandidateSet,
5182 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
5183 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005184
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005185 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005186 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005187 case OR_Success:
5188 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5189 break;
5190
5191 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005192 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005193 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005194 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005195 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5196 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5197 return true;
5198
5199 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005200 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005201 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005202 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005203 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5204 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5205 return true;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005206
5207 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005208 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005209 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
5210 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005211 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005212 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
5213 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
5214 return true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005215 }
5216
5217 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
5218 } else {
5219 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5220 }
5221
5222 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005223 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00005224 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005225 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005226 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5227 RParenLoc));
5228
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005229 // Check for a valid return type.
5230 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5231 TheCall.get(), Method))
5232 return true;
5233
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005234 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005235 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005236 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
5237 return true;
5238 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5239
5240 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005241 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005242 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005243 RParenLoc))
5244 return true;
5245
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005246 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5247 return true;
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005248
5249 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005250}
5251
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005252/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5253/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5254/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5255/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005256Sema::ExprResult
5257Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005258 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005259 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005260 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005261 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5262 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005263 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005264
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005265 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5266 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005267 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005268 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5269 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5270 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5271 // (E).operator().
5272 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005273 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005274
5275 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5276 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5277 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5278 return true;
5279
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005280 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5281 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
5282 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5283
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005284 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005285 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00005286 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
5287 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005288 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005289
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005290 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5291 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5292 // form
5293 //
5294 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5295 //
5296 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5297 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005298 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5299 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5300 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5301 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005302 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5303 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5304 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5305 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5306 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005307 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
5308 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
5309 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
5310 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
5311 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
5312 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
5313 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5314 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
5315 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
5316 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005317
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005318 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5319 // surrogates.
5320 if (ConvTemplate)
5321 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005322
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005323 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5324 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5325 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5326 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5327 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005328
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005329 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
5330 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005331 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005332
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005333 // Perform overload resolution.
5334 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005335 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005336 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005337 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5338 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005339 break;
5340
5341 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005342 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005343 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005344 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl15b02d22008-11-22 13:44:36 +00005345 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005346 break;
5347
5348 case OR_Ambiguous:
5349 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5350 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005351 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005352 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5353 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005354
5355 case OR_Deleted:
5356 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5357 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5358 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5359 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
5360 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
5361 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005362 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005363
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005364 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005365 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5366 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005367 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005368 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005369 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005370 return true;
5371 }
5372
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005373 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5374 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5375 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005376 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005377 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5378 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5379
5380 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5381 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5382 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005383
5384 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005385 // and then call it.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005386 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005387 BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
5388
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005389 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005390 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5391 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005392 }
5393
5394 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5395 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5396 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5397 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005398 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005399
5400 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5401 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5402
5403 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5404 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5405 // list).
5406 Expr **MethodArgs;
5407 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5408 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5409 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5410 } else {
5411 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5412 }
5413 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5414 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5415 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005416
5417 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005418 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005419 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5420
5421 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5422 // owned.
5423 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005424 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5425 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005426 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005427 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005428 delete [] MethodArgs;
5429
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005430 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5431 Method))
5432 return true;
5433
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005434 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5435 // slots in the call for them.
5436 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005437 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005438 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5439 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5440
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005441 bool IsError = false;
5442
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005443 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005444 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005445 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5446
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005447
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005448 // Check the argument types.
5449 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005450 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005451 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005452 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005453
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005454 // Pass the argument.
5455 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005456 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005457 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005458 OwningExprResult DefArg
5459 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5460 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5461 IsError = true;
5462 break;
5463 }
5464
5465 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005466 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005467
5468 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5469 }
5470
5471 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5472 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5473 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5474 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5475 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005476 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005477 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5478 }
5479 }
5480
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005481 if (IsError) return true;
5482
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005483 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5484 return true;
5485
Anders Carlsson1c83deb2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005486 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005487}
5488
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005489/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005490/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005491/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005492Sema::OwningExprResult
5493Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5494 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005495 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005496
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005497 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5498 //
5499 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5500 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5501 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5502 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005503 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5504 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005505 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005506
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00005507 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getLocStart(), Base->getType(),
5508 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
5509 << Base->getSourceRange()))
5510 return ExprError();
5511
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005512 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5513 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
5514 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005515
5516 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
5517 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00005518 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005519 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005520
5521 // Perform overload resolution.
5522 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005523 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005524 case OR_Success:
5525 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5526 break;
5527
5528 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5529 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5530 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005531 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005532 else
5533 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005534 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005535 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005536 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005537
5538 case OR_Ambiguous:
5539 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005540 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005541 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005542 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005543
5544 case OR_Deleted:
5545 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5546 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005547 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005548 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005549 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005550 }
5551
5552 // Convert the object parameter.
5553 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005554 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005555 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00005556
5557 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005558 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005559
5560 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005561 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
5562 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005563 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005564
5565 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
5566 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5567 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
5568 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5569
5570 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5571 Method))
5572 return ExprError();
5573 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005574}
5575
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005576/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
5577/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
5578/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
5579/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005580/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
5581Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005582 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005583 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005584 PE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5585 PE->setType(NewExpr->getType());
5586 } else if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
5587 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5588 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
5589 NewExpr->getType()) &&
5590 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
5591 ICE->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005592 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005593 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005594 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005595 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
5596 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5597 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
5598 // from non-member functions.
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005599 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
5600 if (DRE->getQualifier()) {
5601 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
5602 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
5603 // appropriate pointer to member type.
5604 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
5605 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
5606 QualType ClassType
5607 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
5608 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
5609 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
5610 return E;
5611 }
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005612 }
Douglas Gregor6a573fe2009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005613 // FIXME: TemplateIdRefExpr referring to a member function template
5614 // specialization!
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00005615 }
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005616 Expr *NewExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
5617 UnOp->setSubExpr(NewExpr);
5618 UnOp->setType(Context.getPointerType(NewExpr->getType()));
5619
5620 return UnOp;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005621 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00005622 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005623 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
5624 isa<FunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
5625 "Expected function or function template");
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005626 DR->setDecl(Fn);
5627 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005628 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
5629 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
5630 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005631 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TID = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005632 E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5633 TID->getQualifier(), TID->getQualifierRange(),
5634 Fn, TID->getTemplateNameLoc(),
5635 true,
5636 TID->getLAngleLoc(),
5637 TID->getTemplateArgs(),
5638 TID->getNumTemplateArgs(),
5639 TID->getRAngleLoc(),
5640 Fn->getType(),
5641 /*FIXME?*/false, /*FIXME?*/false);
Douglas Gregor6a573fe2009-10-22 18:02:20 +00005642
Douglas Gregor4bd90e52009-10-23 18:54:35 +00005643 // FIXME: Don't destroy TID here, since we need its template arguments
5644 // to survive.
5645 // TID->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00005646 } else if (isa<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(E)) {
5647 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
5648 /*Qualifier=*/0,
5649 /*QualifierRange=*/SourceRange(),
5650 Fn, E->getLocStart(),
5651 Fn->getType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005652 } else {
5653 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
5654 }
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00005655
5656 return E;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00005657}
5658
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00005659} // end namespace clang